Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • AUTO HVAC Service Specifications
        • AUTO HVAC Torque Specifications
      • Manual System
        • Manual HVAC Service Specifications
        • Manual HVAC Torque Specifications
    • Axle Flange Nut
      • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
        • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
    • Battery
      • General Service
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Brakes Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • General Service
        • Belt Adjustment Specifications
        • Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 2.2L (L61)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • 3.0L (L81)
        • Compression Specifications
        • Oil Pressure Specifications
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
    • Fluid Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
        • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel System Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
        • Fuel Filter Location
        • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order
      • High Tension Wire Resistance
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Service Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Motor Applications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Tightening Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Bolts/Nuts
        • Torque Specifications
        • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L (L61) DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.0L (L81) DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brake DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C4
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Engine Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Transmission Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L)
        • Engine Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Side (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Door Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror (OSRVM) Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Sedan
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Wagon
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Dome Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right Low Beam
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Sedan
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Wagon
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP103 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP105 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP191 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to APP Jumper Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar/Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Decklid Ajar/Release Solenoid Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Liftgate Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Front (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Rear (2.2L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Left Top View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Right Top View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power & Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power & Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Top View
        • Power & Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
        • Rear Release Inoperative with Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
      • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
        • Notes
        • Conditions
        • Learn Procedures
          • Notes
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
            • Ignition Switch
            • Passlock™ Sensor
            • Body Control Module
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1372
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1382
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Notes
          • Passlock Learn Procedures
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • A/C Request
            • Automatic Climate Control
            • Standard HVAC
          • Anti-Lockout
          • Audible Warnings
            • Notes
            • Key in Ignition Audible Chime
            • Lights On Audible Chime
            • Occupant Restraint Audible Chime
            • Park Brake Audible Chime
          • Telltale Chimes
          • Automatic Lighting Control (ALC)
          • Battery Rundown Protection
          • BCM Replacement
          • BTSI Solenoid
          • CAN/Class 2 Communications
          • Coolant Level
          • Daytime Running Lamps
          • Decklid/Liftgate Release
          • Delayed Locking
          • Device Power
          • Display Dimming
          • Dome/Rear Reading Lamps
          • Door Locking/Unlocking
          • ECU Malfunction
          • Electric Rear Defogger
          • Front Washer Motor
          • Front Wiper Control
          • Fuel Level
          • Grounding
          • Horn
          • Instrument Panel Lights/Gauges
          • Intermittent Wiper Delay
          • Key-In-Ignition
          • Keyless Entry Transmitter
          • Low Brake Fluid
          • Notification Feature
          • Odometer
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Option Configuration
          • Park Brake
          • Park Lamp Switch
          • Power Mode
          • Rear Washer Motor
          • Rear Wiper Control
          • Security System
          • Traction Control System Off Indicator
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (2.2 L)
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (3.0 L)
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301 or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U2102 or U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U2104
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Data Line
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Description & Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Class 2 Data Line
          • Controller Area Network (CAN)
          • Keyword 2000 Data Line
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics (2.2 L)
      • Cruise Control Schematics (3.0 L)
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control (L81)
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control (L61)
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List (L81)
      • Scan Tool Data List (L61)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (L81)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (L61)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0571
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (L81)
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (L61)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (L81)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (L61)
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (U67)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
            • Notes
            • Bass Frequency Test
            • Midrange Frequency Test
            • High Frequency Test
            • Full Range Test
            • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
            • Tape Motor Speed Test
            • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
              • Notes
              • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO U67
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Audio Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
              • Notes
              • Test Tone Mode
              • LCD Display Segment Mode
              • Key Test Mode
              • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UB2 ONLY)
              • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
              • Notes
              • Activating Theft Deterrent
              • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in SEC (ARMED) MODE
              • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - MODE (CODE KNOWN)
              • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - Mode (Code Unknown)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
              • Notes
              • Roof Console
              • Radio
            • OnStar®
            • Audio Video Interface (AVI) Module
              • Notes
              • Headphones
              • Remote Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing & Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer & Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description & Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power & Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration & Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Horns System Description & Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel & Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel & Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (U67)
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Description and Operation - Radio/Audio
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • On Board Diagnostics
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Test Tape/Tape Cleaner
            • Notes
            • Bass Frequency Test
            • Midrange Frequency Test
            • High Frequency Test
            • Full Range Test
            • Speaker Buzz and Rattle Test
            • Tape Motor Speed Test
            • Cassette Tape Player Cleaning
              • Notes
              • Noise Diagnostics
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Radio Displays Err1, Err2, ----, or LOCK
        • Radio Display Inoperative, No Sound from Speakers
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Speaker Inoperative - One or More
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Without RPO U67
        • Speakers Inoperative - Subwoofer
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Audio Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
        • Video Display is Poor or Blank
        • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio/Video Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console - VES Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Ground Strap
            • Radio
            • Speakers
            • OnStar®
            • Amplifier
          • Customer Tips
            • Radio Reception - FM
            • Radio Reception - AM
            • Care of Compact Discs
            • Compact Discs Not Appropriate to Use
          • On Board Diagnostic Mode
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
              • Notes
              • Test Tone Mode
              • LCD Display Segment Mode
              • Key Test Mode
              • Equalization Setting Mode (UP0 and UB2 ONLY)
              • Antenna Signal Meter Mode
            • Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code Mode
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Operating Modes
              • Notes
              • Activating Theft Deterrent
              • Deactivating the Theft Deterrent Feature - Radio in SEC (ARMED) MODE
              • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - MODE (CODE KNOWN)
              • Deactivating Theft Deterrent - Radio in LOCK or - - - - Mode (Code Unknown)
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Rear Seat Entertainment
            • DVD Player
              • Notes
              • Roof Console
              • Radio
            • OnStar®
            • Audio Video Interface (AVI) Module
              • Notes
              • Headphones
              • Remote Control
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing & Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer & Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description & Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Drying/Replacement Criteria
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Side Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carpet Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mat/Carpet Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2575
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2602
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2622
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2623
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2627
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2628
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2647
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2662
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0504
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Indicator Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Dome Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low & High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Jamb Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Preparation Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bezel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail & Marker Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • I/P Compartment Lamp
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features With Tech 2
            • Enter Programming
            • Setting Options
              • Notes
              • Pre-alarm Option
              • CTD Operation
              • Door Lock Operation
              • Fob Feedback
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power & Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration & Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward & Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Inner)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Outer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/Drawstring)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/J-Strip)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (w/Drawstring)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (w/J-Strip)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Seats System Description & Operation
        • Heated Seats Description & Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel & Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel & Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power & Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration & Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wipers System And Washers System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3702
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3703
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3708
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3715, B3716, B3717, B3718 or B3719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3722
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3723
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Rear Window - Washer Nozzle (Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • High Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Intermittent Operation - Front & Rear Wipers
          • Low Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Mist Operation - Front Wipers Only
          • Park Position Operation
          • Wash Operation - Front & Rear Wipers
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3109
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
        • Rear Release Inoperative with Transmitter
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Programming RKE Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
      • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
        • Notes
        • Conditions
        • Learn Procedures
          • Notes
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
            • Notes
            • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
            • Ignition Switch
            • Passlock™ Sensor
            • Body Control Module
            • SECURITY Telltale
            • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Primary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hold-Open Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Bracket Replacement - Upper Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Reinforcement Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Dash Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3267
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3268
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pullstrap Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spoiler Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedures
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description & Operation
          • Luggage Compartment
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Rear Bumper Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Water Leak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Water Leak Repair
        • Stationary Window Water Leak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2965
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0462 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
        • Cupholder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
          • Instrument Cluster
          • Body Control Module
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Sensing & Diagnostic Module
          • Speedometer & Tachometer
          • Odometer
          • Fuel Gage
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description & Operation
          • High Beam
          • Safety Belt Reminder
          • Air Bag Readiness
          • Service (Wrench) System Check
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
          • Low Fuel
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
          • Low Coolant Warning
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Traction
          • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
          • Brake System Warning
          • Charging System
          • Reduced Power
          • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
          • Washer Fluid Low
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Security
          • Shift Up
          • Left Turn Signal
          • Right Turn Signal
          • Instrument Cluster Illumination
        • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key in Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Cargo Area Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Drying/Replacement Criteria
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor (Side Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Carpet Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mat/Carpet Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Rear Compartment Closeout
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Outer)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement (Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel & Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel & Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power & Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration & Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
        • Heated Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward & Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Inner)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Front Seat - Front (Outer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/Drawstring)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement (w/J-Strip)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (w/Drawstring)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Front (w/J-Strip)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover & Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover & Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear Split Folding (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Seats System Description & Operation
        • Heated Seats Description & Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height & Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection & Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Sunroof Description & Operation
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3127 or B3128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3132 or B3133
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3137 or B3138
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Front Power Windows)
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - One (Rear Power Windows)
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - All Doors & Switches
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Lockout Feature
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Insert Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Insulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Front - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Door Panel Replacement Rear - Bolt On
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Locking Rod Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Front Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Adjustment - Rear Door
        • Door Striker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear (Sedan/Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (New Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Center Pillar Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Drip Rail
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Windows Description & Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Driver Power Window Express Down Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description & Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock & Unlock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Delayed Locking Operation
          • Lockout Prevention Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
        • Outside Mirror Description & Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0285
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0286
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Sedan)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement (Wagon)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Back Window)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Sedan)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Wagon)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (Lift Gate)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Liftgate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description & Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power & Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration & Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Rear Window Defogger Description & Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data Display/Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0827
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0828
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Parameters
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0035-C0051
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0060-C0095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0121
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0141-C0156
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0161
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0236
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0551
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0896
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Notes
          • Performing Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • ABS Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
          • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
          • ABS Operation
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description & Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description & Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement & Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe & Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Booster Push Rod Gauging Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Brake Fluid & Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description & Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description & Operation
          • Conventional Brakes
          • Master Cylinder
          • Vacuum Booster
          • Front Caliper
          • Rear Caliper
        • Brake Assist System Description & Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description & Operation
      • Park Brake System Description & Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
  • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Circuit Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Data Display/Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0827
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Parameters
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0828
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Parameters
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0035-C0051
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0060-C0095
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0110
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0121
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0141-C0156
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0161
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0236
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0241
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0244
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0551
        • Notes
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0896
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • ABS Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Valve Assembly (BPMV)
        • ABS Control Module (EBTCM)
        • ABS Operation
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint & Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint & Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C4
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Engine Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Transmission Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L)
        • Engine Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Side (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Door Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror (OSRVM) Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Sedan
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Wagon
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Dome Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right Low Beam
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Sedan
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Wagon
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP103 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP105 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP191 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to APP Jumper Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar/Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Decklid Ajar/Release Solenoid Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Liftgate Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Front (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Rear (2.2L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Left Top View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Right Top View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power & Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power & Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Top View
        • Power & Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Battery Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages & Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B2965
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0462 (L61)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0462 (L81)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (L61)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (L81)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages & Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Lens Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
      • Cupholder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Tray Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Storage Bin Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description & Operation
        • Instrument Cluster
        • Body Control Module
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module
        • Speedometer & Tachometer
        • Odometer
        • Fuel Gage
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description & Operation
        • High Beam
        • Safety Belt Reminder
        • Air Bag Readiness
        • Service (Wrench) System Check
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Service Engine Soon)
        • Low Fuel
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
        • Low Coolant Warning
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Low Traction
        • ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
        • Brake System Warning
        • Charging System
        • Reduced Power
        • Decklid/Lift Gate Ajar
        • Washer Fluid Low
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
        • Security
        • Shift Up
        • Left Turn Signal
        • Right Turn Signal
        • Instrument Cluster Illumination
      • Audible Warnings Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key in Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
    • Special Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Horns System Description & Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C4
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Engine Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Transmission Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L)
        • Engine Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Side (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Door Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror (OSRVM) Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Sedan
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Wagon
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Dome Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right Low Beam
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Sedan
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Wagon
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP103 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP105 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP191 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to APP Jumper Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar/Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Decklid Ajar/Release Solenoid Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Liftgate Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Front (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Rear (2.2L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Left Top View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Right Top View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power & Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power & Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Top View
        • Power & Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Battery Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C3
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View - C4
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (3.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (3.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control Solenoid Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Right Heated Seat/Traction Switch Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Front
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Cruise/Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Engine Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Transmission Side Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 4-Way Brake Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side(3.0L)
        • 12-Way Electronic PRNDL Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C1 - (3.0L)
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View C2 - (3.0L)
        • Engine Side (3.0L)
        • Transmission Side (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side (3.0L)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Speed Control Module Connector End View
        • Recirculation Door Actuator Connector End View
        • Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - LF
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3
        • Radio Connector End View
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Woofer)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF (Tweeter)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF (Tweeter)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - LR
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror (OSRVM) Switch Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Sedan
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View - Wagon
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Resistor Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Dome Lamps Connector End View
        • Fog Lamps Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp/Turn Signal Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right High Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left Low Beam
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right Low Beam
        • Left Heated Seat/Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Sedan
        • License Lamps Connector End View - Wagon
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (Wagon)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Sedan)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (Wagon)
        • Vanity Lamps Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 1 Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan 2 Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRM) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View - C2
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP103 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP105 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP191 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP401 Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Headlamp Harness Connector End View
        • C150 Engine Harness to Injector Jumper Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C150 Inline Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C198 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (2.2L)
        • C199 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C200 Body Harness to Headliner Connector End View - Front
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (UE1)
        • C204 Body Harness to I/P (RH) Harness Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • C205 I/P Harness to HVAC Jumper Connector End View
        • C207 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C215 Inflatable Restraint I/P Module to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C225 I/P Harness to APP Jumper Harness Connector End View (3.0L)
        • C301 I/P to Console Jumper Connector End View
        • C305 Body Harness to Driver Seat Connector End View
        • C306 Body Harness to Front Passenger Seat Connector End View
        • C406 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Connector End View
        • C407 Body Harness to EVAP Solenoid Jumper Connector End View
        • C408 Headliner to Body Harness Connector End View - Rear
        • C409 Rear Wheel Speed Sensors to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C493 Liftgate to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C495 Liftgate/Defogger Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (Wagon)
        • C498 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C499 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View (Sedan)
        • C505 Body Harness to Driver Door Harness Connector End View
        • C507 Body Harness to Driver Door Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Front Passenger Door Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to LR Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Inline Body to RR Door Harness Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C1
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View - C2
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3 (ABS)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar/Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Decklid Ajar/Release Solenoid Connector End View (Sedan)
        • Liftgate Switch Connector End View (Wagon)
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RF
        • Door Jamb Switch Connector End View - RR
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1 (2.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2 (2.2L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Front (2.2L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Connector End View - Rear (2.2L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Left Top View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - I/P Right Top View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.2L VIN D
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.2L VIN F
        • 3.0L VIN R
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions & Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Installation Procedure
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro.64 Connectors
          • Notes
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Power & Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power & Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (3.0L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View (2.2L)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Left Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P Right Top View
        • Power & Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0936
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0480 or P0481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining & Filling Cooling System
          • Coolant Level
          • Coolant Quality
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Coolant System Flushing
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (Pusher Fan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (2.2L - L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Cooling System Description & Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Cooling Fan Logic
            • Notes
            • L61
            • L81
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Engine Coolant Temperature
            • Low Engine Coolant Level
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles & Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Cooler
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (Front - L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (Rear - L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Resonator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Fuel Tank Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Pipe Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Exhaust System Production Installation
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter
        • Exhaust Manifold/Oxygen (O2) Sensor
        • Exhaust Manifold Pipe
        • Rear Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S-2)
        • Exhaust/Resonator Pipe
        • Muffler
        • Hangers & Isolators
        • Clamps
        • Shields
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid & Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire & Wheel Inspection & Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks & Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake & Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Engine Mechanical -- 2.2L (L61)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire Without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise On Start-Up, But Only Lasting A Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant In Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant In Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis & Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Total Mount (W/Automatic Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Total Mount (W/Manual Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Lower Mount (W/Automatic Transaxle)
        • Powertrain Mount Balance Procedure - Lower Mount (W/Manual Transaxle)
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube Replacement
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets and/or Tensioner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Camshaft & Lifter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft & Lifter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil & Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal & Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Draining Fluids & Oil Filter Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Crankshaft Damper Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Engine Front Cover & Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain & Tensioner Removal
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower & Adjuster Removal
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower & Adjuster Removal
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain & Tensioner Removal
        • Balance Shaft Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing Removal
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Crankshaft And Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning & Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning & Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning & Inspection
        • Crankshaft And Bearings Cleaning And Inspection
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearings Cleaning & Inspection
          • Connecting Rod Measurement
          • Piston Measurement
          • Piston Selection
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning & Inspection
        • Timing Chain & Sprockets Cleaning & Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning & Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain & Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
          • Notes
          • Valve Cleaning & Inspection
          • Cylinder Head & Gasket Surface Cleaning & Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning & Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning & Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning & Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft And Bearings Installation
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod & Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower & Adjuster Install
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower & Adjuster Install
        • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Timing Balance Shafts to Engine
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain & Tensioner Install
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover & Oil Pump Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Crankshaft Damper Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator & Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
    • Description & Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Description
          • Cylinder Block
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rod & Piston
          • Oil Pan
          • Balance Shaft Assembly
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valves
          • Camshaft
          • Valve Lifters
          • Camshaft Cover
          • Camshaft Drive
          • Intake & Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness & Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Notes
        • Gasket Reuse & Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) & Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools & Equipment
    • Special Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Battery Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6
    • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
      • Introduction
      • Class 2
      • GMLAN (Can)
    • Mode 6 - L - Series W/V6
      • Introduction
      • 2000-2003
      • 2004-05
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • IAC Measurement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Throttle Body Assembly Cleaning & Inspection
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation & Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Serviceable Retainer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Fuel Pump
            • Notes
            • On the Ground
            • On the Hoist
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed & Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
            • Notes
            • Large Leak Test
            • Small Leak Test
            • Canister Vent Restriction Test
            • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Valve
            • EVAP Vent Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) & Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks
            • Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis - 2.2L (L61) (DTC P0106 To DTC P0300)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0106
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0122
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
            • Decel Fuel Cut-off Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0204
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis - 2.2L (L61) (DTC P0301 To DTC P1640)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0301-P0304
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0315
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0453
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0496
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1171
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1599
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the Message/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • IAC Measurement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
          • Throttle Body Assembly Cleaning & Inspection
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation & Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar) (Serviceable Retainer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the Fuel Pump
            • Notes
            • On the Ground
            • On the Hoist
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed & Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
            • Notes
            • Large Leak Test
            • Small Leak Test
            • Canister Vent Restriction Test
            • Purge Valve Leak Test
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Valve
            • EVAP Vent Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Ignition Control Module (ICM) & Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 2.2L (L61) (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks
            • Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis - 2.2L (L61) (DTC P0106 To DTC P0300)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0106
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0108
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0122
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Rich Test:
            • Decel Fuel Cut-off Test:
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0135 or P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0204
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls Diagnosis - 2.2L (L61) (DTC P0301 To DTC P1640)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0301-P0304
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0315
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0326
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0327
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0336
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0453
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0496
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1171
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1599
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the Message/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Drive Cycles
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2.2L (61)
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Test Description
    • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.0L (L81)
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 2.2L (L61) DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.0L (L81) DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC - Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC - Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brake DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal & Metric
        • Arrows & Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN, 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.0 L VIN, 6 Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine & Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location - MN4/MN5
          • VIN Derivative Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
          • Alternate Stamp Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations & Meanings
        • Registered & Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key & Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification & Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
        • Lifting & Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal & Metric
        • Arrows & Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN, 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.0 L VIN, 6 Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine & Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location - MN4/MN5
          • VIN Derivative Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
          • Alternate Stamp Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations & Meanings
        • Registered & Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key & Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification & Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
        • Lifting & Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Cautions & Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Depress Brake Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • SRS Sodium Hydroxide Powder Caution
        • Structural Reinforcement Inserts Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Wheel Installation Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Intake Manifold Spacer Damage Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transmission Fluid Vent Cap Removal Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal & Metric
        • Arrows & Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN, 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.0 L VIN, 6 Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine & Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location - MN4/MN5
          • VIN Derivative Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
          • Alternate Stamp Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations & Meanings
        • Registered & Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key & Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification & Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
        • Lifting & Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire & Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire & Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire & Wheel Inspection
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange & Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire & Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire & Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire & Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description & Operation
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools & Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid & Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire & Wheel Inspection & Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks & Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake & Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
  • Restraints
    • Air Bag Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • All Models With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • Ion
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • L-Series
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • VUE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal & Metric
        • Arrows & Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.2 L VIN, 4 Engine VIN Derivative Location
          • 3.0 L VIN, 6 Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine & Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location
          • 4T40-E/4T45-E Transmission ID & VIN Derivative Location - MN4/MN5
          • VIN Derivative Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
          • Alternate Stamp Location - 4T40-E/4T45-E
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code List
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations & Meanings
        • Registered & Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key & Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification & Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Determining Key Code
          • Lock Service Kit
          • Lock Cylinder Lubrication
        • Lifting & Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • AUTO HVAC Service Specifications
          • AUTO HVAC Torque Specifications
        • Manual System
          • Manual HVAC Service Specifications
          • Manual HVAC Torque Specifications
      • Axle Flange Nut
        • Axle Flange Nut Service Specifications
          • Axle Flange Nut Torque Specification
      • Battery
        • General Service
          • Battery Service Specifications
          • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Brakes Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brake Component Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • General Service
          • Belt Adjustment Specifications
          • Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • General Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
          • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
          • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
          • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 2.2L (L61)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
        • 3.0L (L81)
          • Compression Specifications
          • Oil Pressure Specifications
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Tightening Specifications
      • Fluid Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives & Lubricants
          • Vehicle Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
        • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque Specifications
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel System Pressure Specifications
          • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Filter Location
          • Fuel Filter Removal & Installation
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Service Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Motor Applications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Tightening Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Bolts/Nuts
          • Torque Specifications
          • Wheel Lug Nut Tightening Sequence
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal (2000-2005)
          • Installation (2000-2005)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • HVAC Preliminary Checks
        • HVAC Vehicle Set-Up
          • Identifying Refrigerant Purity
          • Installing Manifold Gage Set
          • Performance Test - Service Stall
          • Performance Test - 72 Km/h (45 Mph) Road Test
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • High or Low Temperature Control Effort
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery & Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L61)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Drain Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Connector Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems -- Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0130
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0160, B0161, B0165 or B0166
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0185 or B0186
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0413
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532 or P0533 (PCM, L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532 or P0533 (ECM, L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 (ECM, L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 (PCM, L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L61)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L81)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L61)
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L81)
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Cam Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Air Delivery Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • Notes
            • HVAC Control Module - Automatic Climate Control
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • OFF Mode
            • Purge Operation
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • Notes
            • HVAC Control Module - Automatic Climate Control
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Inside Air Temperature Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection (ELAP)
            • Outside Air Temperature Sensor
            • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Heating & A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems -- Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0530, P0532 or P0533 (PCM, L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532 or P0533 (ECM, L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 (ECM, L81)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 (PCM, L61)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L81)
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage (L61)
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L81)
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage (L61)
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Controller Face Plate/Knobs/Button Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Temperature Control Cable Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Cam Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Air Delivery Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
            • Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed
          • Air Delivery
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description & Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Control
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Low Ambient Protection (ELAP)
            • Heating & A/C Operation
              • Notes
              • Engine Coolant
              • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid & Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire & Wheel Inspection & Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
        • Owner Checks & Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Starter Switch Check
            • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Check
            • Ignition Transmission Lock Check
            • Park Brake & Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Without Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Preferred Scan Tool Learn Enable Method
          • Alternate Keyless Entry Transmitter or DIC Learn Enable Method
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, or B0026
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling & Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure - Right Side Shown, Left Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Repositioning Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs & Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement & Inspections
          • Roof Rail Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement & Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling & Scrapping
          • Live & Undeployed Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle - Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module & Roof Rail Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • SIR System Description & Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
            • Notes
            • AIR BAG Indicator
            • Inflator Modules
            • Inflatable Restraint Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
            • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
            • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
            • Knee Bolster
            • Steering Column & Wheel
          • Side SIR System Description
            • Notes
            • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational & Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs & Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Sedan
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description & Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational & Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs & Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Height Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Guide Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Sedan
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement (Wagon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Removal Procedure - Left Side Shown, Right Side Similar
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description & Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat System
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking & Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Steering System Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking & Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L81)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Power Steering System Description & Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking & Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack & Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack & Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (L81)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet & Outlet Hose Replacement (L81)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (L61)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Power Steering System Description & Operation
    • Special Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Steering Wheel & Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel & Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel & Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection
        • Collapse Measurement
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Solenoid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description & Operation
      • Steering Wheel & Column Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools & Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (W/L61)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (W/L81)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Front)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Rear)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Bushings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurement
          • Measuring the Bumper Heights
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description & Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire & Wheel Removal & Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Compact Spare Tire Replacement
          • Notes
          • Compact Spare Tire
        • Wheels
          • Steel Wheel
          • Aluminum Wheel
        • Tire Mounting & Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description & Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts & Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Season Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (Introduction, Service, Replacement & Overhaul)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (On-Vehicle)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (Unit Repair)
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State & Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic (2.2L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic (3.0L)
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
        • End Play Specifications
        • Clutch Plate Selection Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (2.2 L)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (3.0 L)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views (3.0L)
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (2.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views (3.0L)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Cable Adjustment
        • Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Indicator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure (Old Switch)
          • Installation Procedure (New Switch)
        • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter & Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Low/Reverse Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Cooler Pipe Seals Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter, Turbine Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Feed Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Replacement Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly/Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stub Axle Shaft Sleeve & Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Axle Shaft Sleeve & Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Assemble
        • Stub Shaft Removal
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Removal
        • Oil Pan & Gasket Removal
        • Oil Filter/Seal, Oil Level Control Valve Removal
        • Oil Feed Pipes Removal
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Removal
        • Low & Reverse Servo Removal
        • Case Side Cover Removal
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Removal
        • Oil Pump & Oil Pump Shaft Removal
        • Wire Harness Disconnect
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly & Gasket Removal
        • Spacer Plate & Gasket Removal
        • Checkball Removal
        • Manual Valve Clip Removal
        • Channel Plate & Gasket Removal
        • Accumulator Spring Removal
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket & Drive Link Removal
        • Input Speed Sensor Removal
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch Plates Removal
        • Reverse Input Clutch Housing Removal
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Removal
        • Direct/Coast Clutch & Reaction Gear Set Removal
        • Input Carrier & Reaction Gear Assembly Removal
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Removal
        • Forward Clutch & Low/Reverse Band Removal
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Removal
        • Output Shaft & Final Drive Assembly Removal
        • Final Drive Internal Gear Removal
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever & Park Lock Removal
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Removal
        • Torque Converter Seal Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Removal
        • Case Inspection
        • Actuator Guide Replacement
        • Drive Sprocket Support Installation
        • Torque Converter Seal Installation
        • Transmission Cooler Line Seals Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft, Detent Lever & Park Lock Installation
        • Final Drive Assembly Disassemble
        • Final Drive Assembly Assemble
        • Final Drive Pinion End Play Check
        • Fretting Ring, Final Drive Internal Gear Install
        • Final Drive & Differential Assembly Install
        • Output Shaft Inspect
        • Output Shaft Installation
        • Forward Clutch Support, Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Support, Low Roller Clutch Install
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Disassemble
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
        • Forward Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Low/Reverse Band Installation
        • Forward Clutch Assembly Installation
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Disassemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Assemble
        • Input Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub Install
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Disassemble
        • Input Carrier Pinion Gear Clearance Check
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Assemble
        • Reaction Internal Gear, Input Carrier Installation
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Disassemble
        • Reaction Carrier Pinion Clearance Check
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Assemble
        • Direct & Coast Clutch Functional Air Checks
        • Direct/Coast Clutch, Reaction Carrier Installation
        • Selective Washer Measurement & Installation
        • Reverse Input & Second Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • Reverse Input & Second Roller Clutch Assemble
        • Reverse Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Reverse Input & Second Roller Clutch Installation
        • Intermediate Fourth Band Assembly Installation
        • Second Clutch Plate Installation
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Installation
        • Wiring Harness Connection
        • Input Speed Sensor Installation
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets & Drive Link Disassemble
        • Drive, Driven Sprockets & Drive Link Assemble
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket & Drive Link Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Disassemble
        • Channel Plate Assembly Assemble
        • Accumulator Springs Installation
        • Channel Plate Assembly Installation
        • Manual Valve Link Installation
        • Checkballs Installation
        • Spacer Plate & Gaskets Installation
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble
        • Control Valve Body Assemble
        • Control Valve Assembly & Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Installation
        • Wiring Harness Assembly Connect
        • Oil Pump Cleaning & Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
        • Side Cover/Gaskets, Disassemble, Assemble, Install
        • Side Cover Axle Seal Installation
        • Output Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Stub Shaft Sleeve Assembly Installation
        • Right Hand Axle Seal Assemble
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Installation
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Disassemble
        • Intermediate/Fourth Servo Assemble & Installation
        • Low & Reverse Servo Disassemble
        • Low & Reverse Servo Assemble & Installation
        • Oil Feed Pipes Assemble
        • Filter Assembly & Seal Installation
        • Oil Level Control Valve Installation
        • Oil Pan & Gasket Installation
        • Torque Converter Installation
      • Description & Operation
        • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Actuator Feed Limit (AFL) Valve
            • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
            • Torque Signal Regulating Valve
          • Low & Reverse Band Applies
            • Manual Valve
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Servo
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Lube 2
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valves
            • 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
          • Torque Converter/Cooler & Lube Circuits
          • Reverse Clutch Releases
            • Manual Valve
            • Reverse Clutch
            • Boost Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Low & Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Servo
        • Reverse (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Pressure Regulation
            • Manual Valve
            • Pressure Regulator & Boost Valves
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Reverse Clutch Applies
            • Reverse Clutch
          • Low & Reverse Band Remains Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Low & Reverse Servo
          • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator (PR) Valve
            • TCC Feed Limit Valve
            • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter
          • Cooler & Lube
            • Lube 1
            • Lube 2
        • Overdrive Range, First Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
          • Low & Reverse Band Releases
            • Low & Reverse Servo
          • Forward Clutch Applies
            • Forward Clutch
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Second Clutch Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • #2 Checkball (Second Clutch Apply)
            • Second Clutch
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control - Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
        • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Direct Clutch Applies
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
            • #5 Checkball (Direct Clutch Apply)
            • Direct Clutch
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Intermediate & Fourth Band Applied
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Intermediate & Fourth Servo
          • Shift Accumulation
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Regulated Apply Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
        • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Line Pressure Increases
            • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Intermediate & Fourth Band Releases
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Intermediate & Fourth Servo
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Fourth Gear Hydraulically Prevented
            • Manual Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
          • Manual Third - Second & First Gears
        • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve
          • Direct Clutch Releases
            • Direct Clutch
            • #6 Checkball (Direct Clutch Release)
            • 2-3 Accumulator
          • Intermediate & Fourth Band Applies
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • #3 Checkball (Intermediate Band Apply)
            • Intermediate & Fourth Servo
          • Pressure Control
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
        • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (W/O Electronic Range Select Mode)
          • Notes
          • Manual Valve
            • Notes
            • A/T Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch (TFP Val. Position Sw.) Assembly
            • #1 Checkball (Low/PRN)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
          • Second Clutch Releases
            • Second Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2/3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Solenoid Valve
          • Intermediate Band Releases
            • Intermediate & Fourth Servo
          • Low & Reverse Band Applies
            • Low & Reverse Servo
        • Fluid Passages
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions & Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component & System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Electronic Component Description (Input)
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Transaxle Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
          • Transaxle Fluid Pressure (TFP) Switch Assembly
            • Notes
            • Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch
        • Electronic Component Description (Output)
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
          • Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Shift Solenoid: 1-2 & 2-3
          • Oil Level Control Valve
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission (2.2L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission (3.0L)
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List (2.2L)
        • Scan Tool Data List (3.0L)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (DTC P0218 -- P0717)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0218 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0218 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0500 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0602 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0603 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0604 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0705 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0705 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (DTC P0719 -- P0757)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0719 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0727 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0730 (2.2L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0731 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0732 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0733 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0734 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (DTC P0758 -- P1887)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0758 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1621 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1779 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1780 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
        • DTC P1791 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1792 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1795 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1810 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1816 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1816 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1818 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1818 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1831 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1833 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1842 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1843 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1845 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1847 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1868 (3.0L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the SVS Lamp/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1887 (2.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (DTC P1887)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P1887 (3.0L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T40-E/4T45-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Tools Required
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (SA9165T)
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • High or Low Line Pressure
        • Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Points
        • Harsh Shifts
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No First Gear, Slips in First Gear
        • No Second Gear, Slips in Second Gear
        • No Third Gear, Slips in Third Gear
        • Second Gear Only
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Loss of Drive
        • Loss of Power
        • Engine Stall
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • Third and Fourth Gears Only
        • First and Fourth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • No Engine Braking; All Manual Ranges
        • No Engine Braking; Manual Second - Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking; Manual First - First Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • No Gear Selection
        • Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear Selection
        • Fluid Foaming
        • Vibration
        • Noise
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply with Cold Engine
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic & Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2707
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2708
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lock Solenoid/Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description & Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description & Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T40-E/4T45-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
• External Pages